Zamyad24 NissanJunior Gearbox ServiceManual

‫‪www.cargeek.
ir‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪NZRM1B/2/2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪2400‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫‪www.cargeek.ir‬‬
www.cargeek.ir
www.cargeek.ir
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ 140‬ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ‪TM‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫‪TM-1‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-4‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫‪TM-6‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ(‬
‫‪TM-6‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪TM-1‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-7‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-9‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪4‬‬
‫‪TM-9‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-10‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫‪TM-10‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫‪TM-10‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-10‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-11‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫‪TM-11‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-11‬‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪TM-11‬‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫‪TM-13‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-13‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫‪TM-14‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-14‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪4‬‬
‫‪TM-16‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪TM-16‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪TM-17‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-17‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-18‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫‪TM-18‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ PD‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬

‫‪PD-1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪PD-6‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪PD-31‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫‪PD-33‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪PD-35‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ 81L‬ﺗﺎ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ ‪ 1973‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ 81L‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 1973‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ – ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺧﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-1‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﭘﺎپ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺶ‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪-7‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪-8‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬ ‫‪-9‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬ ‫‪- 10‬‬
‫ﻏﻼﻑ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪- 11‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ‬ ‫‪- 12‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪- 13‬‬
‫ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ(‬ ‫‪- 14‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬ ‫‪- 15‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪- 16‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-2‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬

‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭼﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪(4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪(4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ(‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﺷﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ(‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﺷﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪38‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-3‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-3‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬

‫*‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫*‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻦ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬ ‫‪23‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺟﻚ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻚ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻚ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ PD‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-4‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-4‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-5‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫‪TM-5‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ( ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-6‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-6‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫‪TM-6‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- 11‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 12‬ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-7‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-7‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪TM-7‬‬
‫‪ - 13‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬

‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-9‬‬
‫‪ - 14‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻚ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ TM-8‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-8‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-8‬‬
‫‪ - 15‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-9‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-9‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 16‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 6/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 47‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 65‬ﻓﻮﺕ –ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ 0/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 5/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9/4‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ 6/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫)‪ 47‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 58‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺳﻲ )‪ 3/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4/3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 23‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 31‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- 2‬ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ TM-10‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫‪TM-10‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-11‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪TM-11‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-12‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-12‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-13‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-13‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-13‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-7‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻜﺶ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-14‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-14‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪TM-14‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﭼﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫)ﺁﻟﻜﻴﺪ( ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-15‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-15‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫‪TM-15‬‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-16‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-16‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺐ ﺁﻟﻜﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-16‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ(‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 8‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ 7‬ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-17‬ﻭ ‪TM-18‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-17‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪TM-17‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪ - 2‬ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ‪ -3‬ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ‪ -4‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ‪ -6‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ -8‬ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-18‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪TM-18‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ KV32101100‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM - 19‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪TM-19‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-20‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ 7‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﻦ ‪ 9‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-20‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ‬
‫‪TM-20‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬

‫‪ - 2‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-21‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪TM-21‬‬
‫‪ ) - 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-22‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-22‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪TM-22‬‬
‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-23‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪TM-23‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﺶ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-24‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-24‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬

‫‪ - 2‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪TM-24‬‬
‫‪) - 3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-25‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-25‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪TM-25‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-26‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-26‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-26‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-27‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪TM-27‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻛﻼچ )ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ(‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭼﻜﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻛﻼچ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-28‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻛﻼچ )ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪TM-28‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-29‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-29‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺳﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-30‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ TM-30‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪TM-30‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﺶ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-31‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪TM-31‬‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﭼﻜﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ‪ KV32101200‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-32‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-32‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪ - 11‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-33‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-33‬‬
‫‪ - 12‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-34‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪TM-34‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-35‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-35‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻦ‬
‫‪TM-35‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-36‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-36‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-36‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-37‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺧﺎﺭﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪- 4‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪TM-37‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺂﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-38‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-38‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-39‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﺳﻂ‬
‫‪TM-39‬‬
‫‪- 3‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ TM-40‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫‪- 6‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺮﺱ‬
‫‪TM-40‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-41‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ )ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-41‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ST30031000‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-42‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪TM-42‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-43‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪TM-43‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-44‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-44‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪TM-44‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-45‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-45‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪TM-45‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﻴﻦ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-45‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ -2‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ -3‬ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮ ‪ -4‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ -5‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ -6‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ -7‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ -8‬ﭘﻴﻦ ‪ -9‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ - 11‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪TM-45‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻛﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-46‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ -2‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ‪-3‬ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ -5‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪-6‬ﻛﻔﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪TM-46‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-47‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪TM-47‬‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ -2‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ -3‬ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-48‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-47‬‬
‫‪TM-48‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺸﻮﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﻼ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻛﻨﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-49‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-49‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫ً‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ‪ 0/25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0059‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-50‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-50‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-50‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ‪ %9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/21‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ %35‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0083‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ %8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/187‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 0/0031‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0074‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ %8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/189‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 0/0031‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0074‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/210‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 0/0031‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0083‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-51‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻟﻘﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪TM-51‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-52‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ‪ 0/10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0039‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0197‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ‪ 0/20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/35‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0079‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/0138‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ‪ 0/10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/025‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0039‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/0098‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0020‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/0157‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-52‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻟﻘﻲ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫‪ 1/25‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/8‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ %492‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %709‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪TM-52‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1/25‬ﺗﺎ‪ 180‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/049‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/ 0709‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM- 53‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-53‬ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-53‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ )ﻫﻤﺪﻭﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ %20‬ﺗﺎ‪ %40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 0/0079‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0157‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ %40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ %57‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ST30600000‬‬
‫‪TM-54‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-54‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺸﻮﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺎ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-55‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-55‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ‪ %5‬ﺗﺎ‪ %40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 0/0020‬ﺗﺎ ‪%57‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ)ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫)‪(0/0512‬‬ ‫‪1/30‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪(0/0610‬‬ ‫‪1/55‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(0/0689‬‬ ‫‪1/75‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪(0/0748‬‬ ‫‪1/90‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫‪) - 4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-56‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪- 6‬ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-56‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-56‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ % 20‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ 8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 12‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 58‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 72‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ +0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ %20‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ (‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﭼﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ %20‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ 8‬ﺗﺎ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‪-‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 58‬ﺗﺎ ‪72‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ +0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ -20‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫ً‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ -(1‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ -(2‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-57‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-57‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ‬
‫‪TM-57‬‬
‫)‪ -(3‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-58‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-58‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪TM-58‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪4-3‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪3‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫‪TM-59‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-59‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،2‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ،2‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-60‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ‬
‫‪- 5‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-60‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫‪TM-60‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺯﻧﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-61‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-61‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺶ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-61‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬

‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-62‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪TM-62‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-63‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-63‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬

‫‪ ST22530000‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-64‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫‪TM-64‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ST2245200‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-65‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-65‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫– ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫‪) - 10‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫)‪-(1‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ 4/9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6/2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 35‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 45‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-66‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ‬

‫‪TM-66‬‬
‫)‪ -(3‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺵ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-67‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-67‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺧﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺶ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ)ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(0/055) 1/4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(0/059) 1/5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(0/063) 1/6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(0/067) 1/7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪TM-67‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ‪ - 7‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬

‫‪ - 8‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ - 2‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ - 3‬ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪ - 4‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ - 11‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪ – 5‬ﻣﻮﺷﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ - 12‬ﺧﺎﺭﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪ - 6‬ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-68‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-68‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫)‪ - (4‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-68‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ - (5‬ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-68‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫)‪ -(1‬ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ -(2‬ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-69‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-69‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(0/094) 2/4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(0/098) 2/5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(0/102) 2/6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(0/106) 2/7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪TM-69‬‬
‫‪ - 11‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﻮﺵ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ST22452000‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-70‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ TM-70‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪TM-70‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-71‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-71‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪TM-71‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪(0/063) 1/6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪(0/067) 1/7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(0/071) 1/8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(0/075) 1/9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻐﺰﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-72‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫‪TM-72‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ‪ 0/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ TM-22‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫– ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 6‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-22‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 7‬ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ TM-18‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ‪ 4‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻴﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) - 2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫)‪ -(1‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-20‬‬
‫)‪ -(2‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-21‬‬
‫)‪ -(3‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ -(4‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-21‬‬
‫)‪ -(5‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-21‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-73‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬
‫‪TM-73‬‬ ‫‪ - 4‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪4‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪4‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫)‪ -(6‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-73‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-16‬‬
‫)‪ -(7‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 16‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 22‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-21‬‬
‫)‪ -(8‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺱ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-74‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪TM-74‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‪ 2 :‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 14‬ﺗﺎ‪ 20‬ﻓﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-75‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-75‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-75‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺱ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 10/137‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-76‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪TM-76‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺯﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭼﻜﺶ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 13‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 19‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-77‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪TM-77‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

‫ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 0/32‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/45‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-78‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-78‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪TM-78‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3/4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 16‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 25‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫‪- 6‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 17‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 65‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 123‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-79‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﻓﻠﻨﺞ(‬
‫‪TM-79‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ‪ -3‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ TM-80‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪TM-80‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0/30‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/45‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3/3‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - 4‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫)ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 2/6‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮ(‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪TM-44‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬ ‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 18‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 29‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬ ‫‪ - 6‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 13‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 19‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ 3/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 27‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 36‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻼچ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﮔﺮﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 14‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 22‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻮﺕ – ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 2/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )‪ 18‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 29‬ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ )ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ(‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ )ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ(‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-81‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫)ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪TM-81‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﻠﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-82‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﻠﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫‪TM-82‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-83‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﭘﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪TM-83‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-84‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (1‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (5‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (6‬ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (5‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (12‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ )‪ (3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪(12‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪TM-84‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫‪TM-85‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-85‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 4‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 7‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ - 8‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ - 9‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 10‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 11‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ - 12‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ - 13‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﻠﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ‪15‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ )‪ (3/94‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﻠﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ - 3‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻝ‬ ‫‪140U,L140‬‬ ‫‪L140T‬‬
‫‪NL140T‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪Q140U,QL140‬‬ ‫‪QL140T‬‬
‫‪ 5/857‬ﺗﺎﻣﺎﺭﺱ‪ 1978‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪6/143‬‬ ‫‪---- 5/857 6/143 ---- 5/857 6/143‬‬ ‫‪----‬‬ ‫‪6/428‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻮﻳﻞ ﭘﻨﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ ---‬ﺍﺯﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪1978‬‬ ‫‪6/143 6/500‬‬ ‫‪--- 6/143 6/500‬‬ ‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪6/143 6/500‬‬ ‫‪----‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ ‪1973‬‬ ‫‪R4W81L‬‬ ‫‪RS5W81L‬‬ ‫‪F4W81L‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﭗ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻣﺎﺭﺱ‪1973‬‬ ‫‪R4W81A‬‬ ‫‪RS5W81A‬‬ ‫‪F4W81A‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻐﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻒ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪5/429‬‬ ‫‪5/429‬‬ ‫‪5/429‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪2‬‬ ‫‪3/048‬‬ ‫‪3/048‬‬ ‫‪3/048‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪3‬‬ ‫‪1/780‬‬ ‫‪1/780‬‬ ‫‪1/780‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪4‬‬ ‫‪1/000‬‬ ‫‪1/000‬‬ ‫‪1/000‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‪5‬‬ ‫‪------‬‬ ‫‪0/820‬‬ ‫‪-----‬‬

‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪6/544‬‬ ‫‪6/544‬‬ ‫‪6/544‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﺎﺭﺱ‪1978‬‬ ‫‪19/5‬‬ ‫‪20/5‬‬ ‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪19/5 20/5‬‬ ‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪19/5‬‬ ‫‪20/5‬‬ ‫‪---‬‬ ‫‪22/5‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‪1978‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪20/5‬‬ ‫‪21/5‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪20/5 21/5‬‬ ‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪20/5‬‬ ‫‪21/5‬‬ ‫‪-----‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪ 5½ ) 2/6‬ﻭ‪(45/8‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ژﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ ‪1976‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻨﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﻨﭻ(‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺍﻳ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻴﭗ‬ ‫‪81l‬‬ ‫‪81A‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/22‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0087‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/187‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0074‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/22‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0087‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/187‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0074‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/22‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0087‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/187‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0074‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/23‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0091‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/187‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0074‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/25‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0098‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/189‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0074‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/25‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0098‬‬ ‫‪ 0/08‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0031) 0/ 210‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0083‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻲ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺍﻳﻨﭻ(‬

‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪ 0/20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0079) 0/35‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0138‬‬ ‫‪ 0/20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0079) 0/35‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/38‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫‪ 0/20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0079) 0/35‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0138‬‬ ‫‪ 0/20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0079) 0/35‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/38‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ‬ ‫‪ 0/10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0039) 0/50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/10 (0/0197‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0039) 0/50‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0197‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0039) 0/25‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0098‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0039) 0/25‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0098‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/40‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/05 (0/0157‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/0020) 0/30‬ﺗﺎ ‪(0/0118‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ )ﻓﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻭﻧﺪ(‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻴﭗ‬ ‫‪81L‬‬ ‫‪81A‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 16) 3/4‬ﺗﺎ ‪(25‬‬ ‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 16) 3/4‬ﺗﺎ ‪(25‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9) 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(13‬‬ ‫‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 13) 2/6‬ﺗﺎ ‪(19‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬ ‫‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9) 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(13‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14) 2/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‪M8‬‬ ‫‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9) 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(13‬‬ ‫‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9) 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(13‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‪M10‬‬ ‫‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 13) 2/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪(18‬‬ ‫‪ 4/9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 35) 6/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪(45‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﻓﻼﻧﺞ ﻛﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ(‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 65) 17‬ﺗﺎ ‪(123‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 65) 17‬ﺗﺎ ‪(123‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬ ‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪16) 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪(22‬‬ ‫‪ 2/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 16) 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪(22‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 9) 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪(13‬‬ ‫‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 13) 2/6‬ﺗﺎ ‪(19‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪ 4/9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 35) 6/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪(45‬‬ ‫‪ 4/9‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 35) 2/6‬ﺗﺎ ‪(45‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻼچ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻼچ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻼچ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﻛﺞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺧﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﭘﻤﭗ ﻛﻼچ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮﻛﻼچ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻼچ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮﻛﻼچ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻼچ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﻼچ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻛﻼچ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻼچ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺻﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﻴﻦ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪KV32101100‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺖ‪ST22452000‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-65‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﺲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫‪ST30031000‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ‪ST22530000‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-42‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-64‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺵ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻛﺶ ﺷﻔﺖ‬

‫‪ST30600000‬‬ ‫‪KV32101200‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-54‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪TM-32‬‬


Zamyad24 NissanJunior Gearbox ServiceManual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zamyad24 NissanJunior Gearbox ServiceManual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫‪www.cargeek.

‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ 140‬ﺷﺎﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ PD‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-2‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-5‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬

‫‪ - 8‬ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻼچ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-6‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻤﭗ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻛﻼچ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 9‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-7‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪ - 13‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-8‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-9‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ‪ 6/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 3‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 4‬ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-12‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪ - 6‬ﺍﺷﭙﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-14‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻠﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-15‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻼچ‬

‫‪ - 10‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-16‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ(‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-17‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺭﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-18‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻚ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM - 19‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬

‫‪ - 3‬ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-20‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-21‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻫﻚ‬

‫‪ ) - 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-23‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ TM-24‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪) - 3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ(‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬

‫‪ - 4‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﺒﺮﻳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

‫‪ - 5‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺷﻔﺖ ﻛﻼچ )ﺷﻔﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ(‬

‫‪ - 6‬ﺧﺎﺭ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭ‪ /‬ﮔﻴﺮﺑﻜﺲ‬